blob: bdf1a7e010bd88130bf7ccba083be706b3ce59f4 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000040/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
41/// decls.
42///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
44/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000045///
46bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
47 bool IgnoreDeprecated) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000048 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000049 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000050 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000051 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated construct.
52 bool isSilenced = IgnoreDeprecated;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000054 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
55 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
56 // warn.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000057 isSilenced |= ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>() != 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000058
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000059 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
60 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
61 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
62 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
63 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
64 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
65 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000066
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000067 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000068 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000069 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 }
71 }
72 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000074 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000075 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
76 }
77
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000078 // See if the decl is unavailable
79 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
80 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
81 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
82 }
83
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000085 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
87 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
88 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
89 return true;
90 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000091 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000092
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000093 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000094}
95
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000096/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000098/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
99///
100void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000101 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000102 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000104 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
106 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000107
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000108 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
109 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000110 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000111 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
112 int isMethod = 0;
113 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
114 // skip over named parameters.
115 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
116 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
117 if (nullPos)
118 --nullPos;
119 else
120 ++i;
121 }
122 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
123 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000124 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000125 // skip over named parameters.
126 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
127 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
128 if (nullPos)
129 --nullPos;
130 else
131 ++i;
132 }
133 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000135 // block or function pointer call.
136 QualType Ty = V->getType();
137 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000138 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000139 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
140 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000141 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
142 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
143 unsigned k;
144 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
145 if (nullPos)
146 --nullPos;
147 else
148 ++i;
149 }
150 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
151 }
152 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
153 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000154 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000155 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000156 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
181 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000182 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000183 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000184 }
185 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000186}
187
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000188SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
189 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
190 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
191}
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194// Standard Promotions and Conversions
195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
196
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
198void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
199 QualType Ty = E->getType();
200 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
201
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000204 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
206 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
207 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
208 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
209 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
210 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
211 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000212 //
213 // C++ 4.2p1:
214 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
215 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
216 //
217 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
218 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000219 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
220 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000221 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222}
223
224/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000226/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
227/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
228/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
229Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
230 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
231 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
234 //
235 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
236 // unsigned int may be used:
237 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
238 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
239 // and unsigned int.
240 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
241 //
242 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
243 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
244 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
245 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000246 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
247 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000249 return Expr;
250 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000251 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000252 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000253 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000254 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 }
256
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 return Expr;
259}
260
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000261/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000262/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000263/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
264void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
265 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
266 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000268 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000269 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000270 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000271 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
272 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
275}
276
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000277/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
278/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
279/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
280/// completely illegal.
281bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000282 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000283
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000284 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
285 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
286 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
287 << Expr->getType() << CT;
288 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
292 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT;
294
295 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000296}
297
298
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000299/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
300/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000302/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
303/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
304/// GCC.
305QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
306 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000307 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309
310 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000311
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000312 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000314 QualType lhs =
315 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000316 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000317 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
319 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
320 if (lhs == rhs)
321 return lhs;
322
323 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
324 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
325 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
326 return lhs;
327
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000329 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
331 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000332 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000333 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
334 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
335
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000336 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000338 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
339 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000340 return destType;
341}
342
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
344// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346
347
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000348/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000349/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
350/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
351/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
352/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000353///
354Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
357
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000358 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000359 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000361
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000362 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
364 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000365
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000367 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000369
370 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
371 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
372 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000373
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
375 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
376 // strings.
377 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000378 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000381 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 Literal.GetStringLength(),
384 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
385 &StringTokLocs[0],
386 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000387}
388
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000389/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
390/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
391/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
392/// for values inside the block or for globals).
393///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
395/// up-to-date.
396///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000397static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
398 ValueDecl *VD) {
399 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
400 // we wanted to.
401 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
402 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000404 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
405 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
406 return false;
407
408 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
409 // snapshot it.
410 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
411 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000412 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
413 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000415 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
416 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
417
418 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
419 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
420 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
421 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
422 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
423 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
424 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
425 // having a reference outside it.
426 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
427 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000429 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
430 // a snapshot as well.
431 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
432 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000434 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435}
436
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000437
438
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000439/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000440Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000441Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
442 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
443 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000444 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
445 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000446 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000447 << D->getDeclName();
448 return ExprError();
449 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
452 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
453 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
454 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000458 << D->getIdentifier();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
461 }
462 }
463 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000465 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000467 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
468 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
469 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
470 D, Loc,
471 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000472}
473
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000474/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
475/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
476/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000477static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
478 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000479 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000480 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000482 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
483 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
484 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000485 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000487 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 D != DEnd; ++D) {
489 if (*D == Record) {
490 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
491 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
492 ++D;
493 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000494 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 return *D;
496 }
497 }
498
499 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
500 return 0;
501}
502
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000503/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
504/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
505/// actual member.
506///
507/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
508/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
509/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
510/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
511/// we found.
512///
513/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
514/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
515/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
516VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
517 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000518 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
519 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
520 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
521
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000522 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000523 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
524 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
525 do {
526 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000527 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000528 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000529 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 else {
531 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
532 break;
533 }
534 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000535 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537
538 return BaseObject;
539}
540
541Sema::OwningExprResult
542Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
543 FieldDecl *Field,
544 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
545 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
546 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000548 AnonFields);
549
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
551 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
552 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
553 // found via name lookup.
554 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000555 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 if (BaseObject) {
557 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
558 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000559 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000560 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000561 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000562 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000563 BaseQuals
564 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
566 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
567 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
568 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
569 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000570 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
572 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
573 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000574 BaseQuals
575 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 } else {
577 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
578 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
579 // program our base object expression is "this".
580 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
581 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000582 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583 = Context.getTagDeclType(
584 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
585 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
588 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
589 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000590 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000591 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000592 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
593 }
594 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000595 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
596 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000598 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 }
600
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000602 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
603 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
606 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
607 // anonymous struct/union.
608 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000609 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
611 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
612 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
613 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
615 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
616
617 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
618 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
619 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
620 ResultQuals.removeConst();
621
622 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
623 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
624
625 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
626 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
627
628 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
629 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
630 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
631
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000632 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000633 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000634 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
635 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000636 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000637 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638 }
639
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000640 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000641}
642
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000643Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
644 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
645 UnqualifiedId &Name,
646 bool HasTrailingLParen,
647 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
648 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
649 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
650 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
651 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
652 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
653 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
654 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
655 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
656 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
657 TemplateArgsPtr,
658 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
659 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
660 }
661
662 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
663 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
664 // ActOnIdExpression.
665 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
666 Name.StartLocation,
667 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
668 HasTrailingLParen,
669 &SS,
670 IsAddressOfOperand);
671}
672
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000673/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
674/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
675/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
676/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
677/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000678/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
679/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000680///
681/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
682/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
683/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
684/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000685///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000686/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
687/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
688/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
689/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000690Sema::OwningExprResult
691Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
692 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000694 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000696 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
697 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000698
699 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
700 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
701 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
702 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000703 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000704 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000705 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000706 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000707 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
708 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000709 }
710
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000711 LookupResult Lookup;
712 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000713
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000714 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
715 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
716 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
717 : SourceRange());
718 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000720
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000721 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000722
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000723 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
724 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000725 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
726 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000727 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
728 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000729 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
730 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000732 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000733 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000734 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000735 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000736 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000737 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
738 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000740 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
741 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
742 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
743 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000744
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000745 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
746 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
747 // an error.
748 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
749 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
750 << IV->getDeclName());
751 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
752 // same name exists, use the global.
753 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000754 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
755 ClassDeclared != IFace)
756 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000757 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
758 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000759 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000760 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
761 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
762 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
763 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
764 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000765 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 return Owned(new (Context)
767 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000768 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000769 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000770 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000771 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000772 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
773 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000774 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000775 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000776 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
777 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000778 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000779 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000780 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000781 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000782 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000783 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000784
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000785 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000786 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
787 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000788 else
789 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000790 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000791 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000792 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000793
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000794 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
795 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000796 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000797 HasTrailingLParen;
798
799 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000800 // We've seen something of the form
801 //
802 // identifier(
803 //
804 // and we did not find any entity by the name
805 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
806 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
807 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
808 Context.OverloadTy,
809 Loc));
810 }
811
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000812 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000813 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000814 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000815 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000816 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000817 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000818 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000819 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
820 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000821 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
822 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
823 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
824 << SS->getRange());
825 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000826 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000827 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
828 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000829 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000831 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000832 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000833
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000834 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
835 // Warn about constructs like:
836 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
837 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
840 // information to check this property.
841 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
842 Scope *CheckS = S;
843 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000844 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000845 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
846 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
847 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
848 << Var->getDeclName());
849 else
850 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
851 << Var->getDeclName());
852 break;
853 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000854
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000855 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
856 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
857 if (CheckS)
858 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
859 }
860 }
861 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
862 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
863 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
864 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
865 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
866 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
867 // type.
868 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
869 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000870
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000871 QualType T = Func->getType();
872 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000873 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000874 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
875 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
876 }
877 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000878
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
880}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000882bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000883Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
884 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000885 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000886 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000887 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000888 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000889 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
890 return false;
891 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
892 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000893 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000894 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
895 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000896 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000897 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
898 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
899 DestRecordType,
900 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
901 From->getSourceRange()))
902 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000903 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
904 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000905 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000906 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000907}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000908
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000909/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000910static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
911 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000912 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
913 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000914 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000915 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000917 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
918 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
919 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000921 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
922}
923
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000924/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
925Sema::OwningExprResult
926Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
927 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000928 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000929 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
930 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
931 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000932
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000933 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
934 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
935 // not any specific instance's member.
936 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000937 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000938 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000939 QualType DType;
940 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
941 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
942 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
943 DType = Method->getType();
944 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
945 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
946 }
947 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
948 if (!DType.isNull()) {
949 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
950 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000951 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000952 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000953 }
954 }
955 }
956
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000957 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
958 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000959 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000960 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
961 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
962 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000963
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000964 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
965 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
966 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
967 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
968 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
969 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
970 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000971
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000972 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
973 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
974 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
975 // explicitly qualified.
976 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
977 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000978 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000979
980 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
981 return ExprError();
982 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
983 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000984 }
985
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000986 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000987 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
988 if (MD->isStatic())
989 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000990 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
991 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000992 }
993
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000994 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
995 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
996 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000997 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
998 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000999 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001000
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001001 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001002 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001003 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001004 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001005 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001007
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001008 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001009 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001010 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1011 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001012 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001013 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1014 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001015 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1017 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001018 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1019
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001020 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001021
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001022 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1023 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1024 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1025 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001026 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001027 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001028 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1029 return ExprError();
1030
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001031 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1032 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001033 return ExprError();
1034
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001035 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1036 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1037 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1038 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001039 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001040 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1041 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1042 //
1043 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001044 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001045 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001046 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001047 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001048 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001049 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1050 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001051 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001053 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001054 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001055 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001056 }
1057 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1058 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001059
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001060 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001061 bool ValueDependent = false;
1062 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1063 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001065 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1066 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1067 TypeDependent = true;
1068 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1069 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1070 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1071 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1072 TypeDependent = true;
1073 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1074 // names a dependent type.
1075 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001076 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001077 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1078 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001079 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001080 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1081 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1082 TypeDependent = true;
1083 break;
1084 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001085 }
1086 }
1087 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001088
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001089 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1090 //
1091 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1092 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1093 if (TypeDependent)
1094 ValueDependent = true;
1095 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1096 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1097 ValueDependent = true;
1098 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1099 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001100 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stump96638af2009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001101 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1102 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001103 Dcl->getInit()) {
1104 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1105 }
1106 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001107 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001109 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1110 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001111}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001112
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1114 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001115 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001116
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001117 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001118 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001119 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1120 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1121 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001122 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001123
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001124 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1125 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001126
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001127 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1128 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001129 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001130 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001131 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001133 QualType ResTy;
1134 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1135 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1136 } else {
1137 unsigned Length =
1138 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001140 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001141 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001142 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1143 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001144 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001145}
1146
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001148 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001149 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1150 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1151 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001153 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1154 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1155 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001157
1158 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1159
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001160 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1161 Literal.isWide(),
1162 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001163}
1164
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1166 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001167 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1168 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001169 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001170 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001171 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001172 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001173 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001174
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001175 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001176 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1177 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001178 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001180 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001181 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001183 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001184 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001185 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001186 return ExprError();
1187
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001188 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001190 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001191 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001192 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001193 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001194 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001195 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001196 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001197 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001198
1199 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1200
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001201 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1202 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001203 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1204 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001205
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001206 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001208 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001209 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001210
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001211 // long long is a C99 feature.
1212 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001213 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001214 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1215
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001216 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001217 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001219 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1220 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1221 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001222 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1223 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001224 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001225 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001226 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1227 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001228
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001229 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1230 // be an unsigned int.
1231 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1232
1233 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001234 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001235 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1236 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001237 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001238
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001239 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1240 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1241 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1242 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001243 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001244 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001245 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001246 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001247 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001248 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001249
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001250 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001251 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001252 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001254 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1255 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1256 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1257 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001258 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001259 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001260 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001261 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001262 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263 }
1264
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001265 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001266 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001267 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001269 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1270 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1271 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1272 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001273 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001275 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001276 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 }
1278 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001279
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001280 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1281 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001282 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001283 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001284 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001285 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001286 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001287
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001288 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1289 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001290 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001291 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001292 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001294 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1295 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001296 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001297 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001298
1299 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001300}
1301
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001302Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1303 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001304 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001305 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001306 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001307}
1308
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001309/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001310/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001311bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001312 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1313 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1314 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001315 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1316 return false;
1317
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001318 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001319 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001320 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001321 if (isSizeof)
1322 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1323 return false;
1324 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001325
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001326 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001327 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001328 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1329 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001330 return false;
1331 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001333 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001334 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001335 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1336 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001337 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001339 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001340 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001341 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001342 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1343 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001344 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001345
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001346 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001347}
1348
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001349bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1350 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1351 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001352
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001353 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001354 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1355 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001356
1357 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1358 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1359 return false;
1360
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001361 if (E->getBitField()) {
1362 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1363 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001364 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001365
1366 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1367 // bit-field.
1368 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001369 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001370 return false;
1371
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001372 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1373}
1374
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001375/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001376Action::OwningExprResult
1377Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001378 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1379 if (T.isNull())
1380 return ExprError();
1381
1382 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1383 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1384 return ExprError();
1385
1386 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1387 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1388 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1389 R.getEnd()));
1390}
1391
1392/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1393/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001394Action::OwningExprResult
1395Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001396 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1397 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1398 bool isInvalid = false;
1399 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1400 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1401 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1402 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001403 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1405 isInvalid = true;
1406 } else {
1407 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1408 }
1409
1410 if (isInvalid)
1411 return ExprError();
1412
1413 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1414 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1415 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1416 R.getEnd()));
1417}
1418
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001419/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1420/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1421/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001422Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001423Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1424 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001425 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001426 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001427
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001428 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001429 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1430 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001431 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001433
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001434 // Get the end location.
1435 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1436 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1437 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1438
1439 if (Result.isInvalid())
1440 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1441
1442 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001443}
1444
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001445QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001446 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1447 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001448
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001449 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001450 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001451 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001452
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001453 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1454 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1455 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001456
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001457 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1459 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001460 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001461}
1462
1463
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001464
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465Action::OwningExprResult
1466Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1467 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001468 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1469 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001471
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001472 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1473 switch (Kind) {
1474 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1475 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1476 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1477 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1480 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1481 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001482 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001483 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1484
1485 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1486 //
1487 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1488 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1489 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1490 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1491 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1492 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1493 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001494 Expr *Args[2] = {
1495 Arg,
1496 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001497 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001498 };
1499
1500 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1501 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001502 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001503
1504 // Perform overload resolution.
1505 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001506 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001507 case OR_Success: {
1508 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1509 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1510
1511 if (FnDecl) {
1512 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1513 // operator.
1514
1515 // Convert the arguments.
1516 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1517 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519 } else {
1520 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001521 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001522 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1523 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001524 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001525 }
1526
1527 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001528 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001531 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001532 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001533 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1534
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001535 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001536 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001537
1538 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1539 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1540 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1541 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1542
1543 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1544 FnDecl))
1545 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001546 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1547
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001548 } else {
1549 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1550 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1551 // operator node.
1552 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1553 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555
1556 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001557 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001558 }
1559
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001560 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1561 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1562 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1563 // candidates.
1564 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1565 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1566 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1567 if (Result.isInvalid())
1568 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1569
1570 return move(Result);
1571 }
1572
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 case OR_Ambiguous:
1574 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1575 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1576 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1577 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001578 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001579
1580 case OR_Deleted:
1581 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1582 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1583 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1584 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1585 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1586 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001587 }
1588
1589 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1590 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1591 // build a built-in operation.
1592 }
1593
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001594 Input.release();
1595 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001596 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001597}
1598
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599Action::OwningExprResult
1600Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1601 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001602 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1603 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1604
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1606 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001608 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001609 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1610 Base.release();
1611 Idx.release();
1612 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1613 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1614 }
1615
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001618 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1619 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1620 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001621 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001622 }
1623
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001624 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1625}
1626
1627
1628Action::OwningExprResult
1629Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1630 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1631 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1632 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1633
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001634 // Perform default conversions.
1635 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1636 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001638 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001639
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001640 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001641 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001642 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001643 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001644 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1645 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001646 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1647 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1648 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1649 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001650 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001651 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1652 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001653 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001654 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001655 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001656 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1657 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001658 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001659 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001660 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001661 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1662 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1663 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001664 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001665 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001666 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1667 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1668 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1669 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001670 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001671 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001672 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001673
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001674 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1675 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001676 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1677 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1678 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1679 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1680 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1681 // force the promotion here.
1682 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1683 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001684 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1685 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001686 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1687
1688 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1689 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001690 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001691 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1692 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1693 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1694 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001695 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1696 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001697 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1698
1699 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1700 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001701 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001702 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001703 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1704 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001705 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001706 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001707 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1708 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001709 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1710 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001711
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001712 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001713 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1714 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001715 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1716
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001717 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001718 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1719 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001720 // incomplete types are not object types.
1721 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1722 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1723 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1724 return ExprError();
1725 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001726
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001727 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001728 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001729 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1730 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001731 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001733 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1734 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1735 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1736 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1737 return ExprError();
1738 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001739
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001740 Base.release();
1741 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001742 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001743 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001744}
1745
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001746QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001747CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001748 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001749 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001750 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1751 // see FIXME there.
1752 //
1753 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1754 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001755 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001756
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001757 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001758 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001759
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001760 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001761 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1762 // to be selected.
1763 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001764
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001765 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1766 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001767 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001768
1769 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1770 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001771 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001772 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1773 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001774 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001775 do
1776 compStr++;
1777 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001778 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001779 do
1780 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001781 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001782 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001783
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001784 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001785 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1786 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1788 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001789 return QualType();
1790 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001791
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001792 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1793 // operates on.
1794 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001795 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001796
1797 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001798 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001799
1800 while (*compStr) {
1801 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1802 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1803 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1804 return QualType();
1805 }
1806 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001807 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001808
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001809 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1810 // number of elements.
1811 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001812 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001813 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001814 return QualType();
1815 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001816
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001817 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001818 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001819 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001820 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001821 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001822 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001823 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001824 if (HexSwizzle)
1825 CompSize--;
1826
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001827 if (CompSize == 1)
1828 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001829
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001830 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001831 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001832 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1833 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1834 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1835 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001836 }
1837 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001838}
1839
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001840static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001841 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001842 const Selector &Sel,
1843 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001844
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001845 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001846 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001847 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001848 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001849
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001850 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1851 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001853 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001854 return D;
1855 }
1856 return 0;
1857}
1858
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001859static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001860 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001861 const Selector &Sel,
1862 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001863 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1864 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001865 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001866 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001867 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001868 GDecl = PD;
1869 break;
1870 }
1871 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001872 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001873 GDecl = OMD;
1874 break;
1875 }
1876 }
1877 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001878 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001879 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1880 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001881 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001882 if (GDecl)
1883 return GDecl;
1884 }
1885 }
1886 return GDecl;
1887}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001888
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001889Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001890Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001891 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001893 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1894 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001895 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001896 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1897 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001898 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1899 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001900 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1901 return ExprError();
1902
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001903 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1904 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1905
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001906 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001907 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001908
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001909 // Perform default conversions.
1910 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001911
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001912 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001913 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1914 // use that.
1915 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1916 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1917 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1918 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1919 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001920 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001921 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001922 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001923 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001924
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001925 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1926 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1927 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1928 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1929 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1930 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1931 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1932 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1933 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1934 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1935 // Check the use of this method.
1936 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1937 return ExprError();
1938 }
1939 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1940 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1941 Selector SetterSel =
1942 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1943 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1944 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1945 if (!Setter) {
1946 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1947 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001948 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001949 }
1950 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1951 if (!Setter)
1952 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1953
1954 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1955 return ExprError();
1956
1957 if (Getter || Setter) {
1958 QualType PType;
1959
1960 if (Getter)
1961 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1962 else
1963 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1964 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1965 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1966 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1967 PType,
1968 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1969 }
1970 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1971 << MemberName << BaseType);
1972 }
1973 }
1974
1975 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1976 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1977 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001978 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001979 }
1980
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001981 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1982 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001983 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001984 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1985 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1986 if (SS) {
1987 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1988 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1989 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1990 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
1992 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001993 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001994 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001995 FirstQualifierInScope,
1996 MemberName,
1997 MemberLoc,
1998 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1999 LAngleLoc,
2000 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2001 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2002 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002003 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002004 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002005 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002006 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2007 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002008 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002009 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2010 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2011 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002012 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002014 // (so we'll report an error for)
2015 // T* t;
2016 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002018 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2019 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2020 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002021 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002022
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002024 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2025 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2026 if (SS) {
2027 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2028 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2029 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2030 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002031
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002032 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033 BaseExpr, false,
2034 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002035 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002036 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002037 FirstQualifierInScope,
2038 MemberName,
2039 MemberLoc,
2040 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2041 LAngleLoc,
2042 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2043 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2044 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002045 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002046 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002047
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002048 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2049 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002050 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002051 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002052 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002053 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2054 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002055 return ExprError();
2056
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002057 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2058 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2059 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2060 // nested-name-specifier.
2061 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002062
2063 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2064 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2065 << DC << SS->getRange();
2066 return ExprError();
2067 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002068
2069 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002070 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2071 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2072 }
2073
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002074 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002075 LookupResult Result;
2076 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002077
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002078 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002079 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2080 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002081 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002082 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2083 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002084 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002085 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002086
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002087 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2088
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002089 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002090 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002091 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002092 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002094 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002096 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2097 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2098 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2099 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2100 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2101 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002103 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2104 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2105 // error cases.
2106 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2107 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002108
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002109 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2110 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2111 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2112 // explicitly qualified.
2113 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2114 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2115 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002116
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002117 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002118 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002119 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002120
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002121 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002122 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2123 // (C++ [class.union]).
2124 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002125 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002126 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002127
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002128 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002129 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002130 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002131 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2132 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002133 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2134 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2135 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2136
2137 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2138 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2139
2140 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2141 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2142 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002143 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002144
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002145 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002146 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2147 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002149 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002150 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002152 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2153 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002154 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2155 Var, MemberLoc,
2156 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002157 }
2158 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2159 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002160 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2161 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2162 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002163 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002165 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2166 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002167
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002168 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002169 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2170 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002171 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2173 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2174 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002175 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002177 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2178 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2179 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002180 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002181 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002182 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2183 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2185 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002186 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2188 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2189 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002190 Context.OverloadTy));
2191
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002192 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2193 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002194 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002195 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2196 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002197 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2198 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002199 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002200 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002201 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002202 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002203
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002204 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2205 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2206 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002207 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2208 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002209 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002210 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002211
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002212 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2213 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2214 // pseudo-destructor.
2215 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2216 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2218 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002219 // type.
2220 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2221 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2222 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002224 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2225 // same as the object type.
2226 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2227 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2228 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2229 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2230 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231
2232 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002233 // the form
2234 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2236 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002237 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2238 //
2239 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2240 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002241
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002242 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2243 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2244 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002245 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002246 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002248 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2249 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2250 MemberLoc));
2251 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002253 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2254 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002255 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2256 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002257 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002258 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002259 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002260 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002261 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2262
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002263 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2264 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002265 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002267 if (IV) {
2268 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2269 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2270 // error cases.
2271 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2272 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002273
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002274 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2275 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2276 return ExprError();
2277 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2278 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2279 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2280 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2281 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2282 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2283 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2284 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2285 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2286 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2287 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2288 // AST for a function decl.
2289 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002290 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002291 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2292 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2293 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2294 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2295 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
2298 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2299 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002300 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002301 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002302 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002303 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2304 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002306 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002307 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002308
2309 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2310 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2311 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002312 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002313 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002314 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002315 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002316 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002317 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002318 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002319 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002320 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002321 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002322 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002324 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002325 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002326 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2327 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2328 // Check the use of this declaration
2329 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2330 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002331
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002332 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2333 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2334 }
2335 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2336 // Check the use of this method.
2337 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2338 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002339
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002340 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002341 OMD->getResultType(),
2342 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002343 NULL, 0));
2344 }
2345 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002346
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002347 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002348 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002349 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002350 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2351 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002352 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002354 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2355 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2356 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002357 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002358
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002359 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002360 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002361 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2362 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2363 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002364 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002365 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002366 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002367 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2368 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002370 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2371 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002372 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002373 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2374 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002375 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002376 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2377 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2378 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002379
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002380 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002381 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2382 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002383 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2384 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002385 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002386 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2387 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2388 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002389
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002390 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2391 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2392 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002393 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2394 // selector is implemented.
2395
2396 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2397 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2398
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002399 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002400 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002401
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002402 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2403 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002404 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002405
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002406 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002407 if (!Getter)
2408 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002409 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002410 // Check if we can reference this property.
2411 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2412 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002413 }
2414 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2415 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416 Selector SetterSel =
2417 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002418 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002419 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002420 if (!Setter) {
2421 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2422 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002423 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002424 }
2425 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002426 if (!Setter)
2427 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002428
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002429 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2430 return ExprError();
2431
2432 if (Getter || Setter) {
2433 QualType PType;
2434
2435 if (Getter)
2436 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002437 else
2438 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2439 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002440 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002441 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002442 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2443 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002444 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002445 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002446 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002448 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002449 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002450 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002451 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002452 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2453 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2454
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002455 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002456 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002457 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002458 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2459 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002460 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002461 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002462 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002463 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002464
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002465 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2466 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2467
2468 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2469 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2470 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002471 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002472 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002474 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002475 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2476 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2477 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2478 }
2479
2480 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002481}
2482
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002483Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2484 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2485 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2486 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2487 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2488 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2489 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2490 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2491 TemplateName Template
2492 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2493
2494 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2495 // twice!
2496 DeclarationName Name;
2497 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2498 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2499 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2500 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
2501 else
2502 Name = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName()->getName();
2503
2504 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2505 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2506 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
2507 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
2508 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2509
2510 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2511 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
2512 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
2513 TemplateArgs);
2514 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2515
2516 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2517 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2518 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2519 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2520 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2521 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2522 &SS);
2523 }
2524
2525 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2526 // DeclarationName.
2527 OwningExprResult Result
2528 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2529 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2530 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2531 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2532
2533 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2534 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2535 return move(Result);
2536
2537 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2538 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2539 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2540 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2541 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2542 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2543 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2544 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2545 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2546
2547 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2548 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002549}
2550
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002551Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2552 FunctionDecl *FD,
2553 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2554 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2555 Diag (CallLoc,
2556 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2557 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002559 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2560 } else {
2561 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2562 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2563
2564 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002565 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002566
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002567 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2568 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002569 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002570
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002571 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002572 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002573 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002574
2575 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002576 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2577 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2578 return ExprError();
2579 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002581 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002582
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002583 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2584 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2585 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002586 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002587 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002589 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2590 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2591 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2592 }
2593 }
2594
2595 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2596 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2597}
2598
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002599/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2600/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2601/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2602/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2603/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2604/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002605bool
2606Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002607 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002608 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002609 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2610 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002611 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002612 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2613 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2614 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002615 bool Invalid = false;
2616
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002617 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2618 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2619 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2620 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2621 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2622 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2623 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2624 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002625 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002626 }
2627
2628 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2629 // them.
2630 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2631 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2632 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2633 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2634 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2635 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2636 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2637 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002638 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002639 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002640 }
2641 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2642 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002643
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002644 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2645 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2646 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002647
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002648 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002649 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002650 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002651
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002652 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2653 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002654 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2655 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002656 return true;
2657
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002658 // Pass the argument.
2659 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2660 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002661 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002662 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002663
2664 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002665 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2666 FDecl, Param);
2667 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2668 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002670 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002671 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002672
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2674 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002675
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002676 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2677 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002678 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2679 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2680 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2681 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2682 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2683
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002684 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2685 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2686 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002687 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002688 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2689 }
2690 }
2691
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002692 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002693}
2694
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002695/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2696/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2697/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2698/// template arguments, etc.
2699void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2700 NamedDecl *&Function,
2701 DeclarationName &Name,
2702 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2703 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2704 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2705 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002706 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002707 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2708 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2709 Function = 0;
2710 Name = DeclarationName();
2711 Qualifier = 0;
2712 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2713 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2714 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2715
2716 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2717 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2718 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2719 while (true) {
2720 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2721 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2722 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2723 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2724 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2725 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2726 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2727 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2728 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2729 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2730 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002731 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2732 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002733 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2734 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2735 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2736 }
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002737 break;
2738 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2739 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2740 Name = DepName->getName();
2741 break;
2742 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2743 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2744 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2745 if (!Function)
2746 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2747 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2748 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2749 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2750
2751 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2752 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2753 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2754 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2755 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2756 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2757 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2758 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2759 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2760 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2761 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2762 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2763 //
2764 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2765 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2766 // is still possible.
2767 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2768 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2769 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2770 }
2771 break;
2772 } else {
2773 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2774 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2775 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2776 break;
2777 }
2778 }
2779}
2780
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002781/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002782/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2783/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002784Action::OwningExprResult
2785Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2786 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002787 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002788 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002789
2790 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2791 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002793 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002794 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002795 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002796 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002797 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002798 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002799
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002800 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002801 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2802 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2803 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2804 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2805 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2806 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2807 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2808 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002810 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2811 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002812
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002813 NumArgs = 0;
2814 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002815
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002816 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2817 RParenLoc));
2818 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002820 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002821 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002822 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2823 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002824 bool Dependent = false;
2825 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2826 Dependent = true;
2827 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2828 Dependent = true;
2829
2830 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002831 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002832 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2833
2834 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2835 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2836 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2837 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2838
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002839 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002840 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2841 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2842 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2843 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2844 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2845 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2846 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002847 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2848 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002849 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002850
2851 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2852 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2853 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2854 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002855 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2856 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2857 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002858
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002859 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2860 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2861 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2862 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002863
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002864 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2865 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2866 TheCall.get(), 0))
2867 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002868
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002869 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2870 RParenLoc))
2871 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002872
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002873 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2874 }
2875 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2876 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2877 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002878 }
2879 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002880 }
2881
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002882 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002883 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002884 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002885 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002886 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002887 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002888 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002889 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2890 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2891 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2892 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2893 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002894
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002895 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002896 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002897 if (NDecl) {
2898 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2899 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002900 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2901 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002902 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2903 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002904 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002905
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002906 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002907 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002908 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002909 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002910 ADL = false;
2911
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002912 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2913 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2914 ADL = false;
2915
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002916 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002917 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002918 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2919 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2920 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002922 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002923 if (!FDecl)
2924 return ExprError();
2925
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002926 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002927 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002928 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002929
2930 // Promote the function operand.
2931 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2932
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002933 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2934 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002935 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2936 Args, NumArgs,
2937 Context.BoolTy,
2938 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002939
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002940 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2941 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2942 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2943 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002944 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002945 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002946 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2947 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002948 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002949 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002950 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002951 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002952 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002953 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002954 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2955 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2956
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002957 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002958 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2959 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2960 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002961 return ExprError();
2962
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002963 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002964 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002965
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002966 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002968 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002969 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002970 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002971 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002972
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002973 if (FDecl) {
2974 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2975 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2976 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002977 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002978 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002979 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002980 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2981 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2982 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2983 }
2984 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002985 }
2986
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002987 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002988 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2989 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2990 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002991 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2992 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002993 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2994 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002995 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002996 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002997 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002998 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002999
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003000 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3001 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003002 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3003 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003004
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003005 // Check for sentinels
3006 if (NDecl)
3007 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003009 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003010 if (FDecl) {
3011 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3012 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003013
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003014 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003015 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3016 } else if (NDecl) {
3017 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3018 return ExprError();
3019 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003020
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003021 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003022}
3023
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003024Action::OwningExprResult
3025Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3026 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003027 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003028 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3029 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003030 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003031 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003032 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003033
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003034 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003035 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003036 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3037 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003038 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3039 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003040 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003042 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003043 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003044
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003045 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003046 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003047 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003048
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003049 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003050 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003051 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003052 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003053 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003054 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003055 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003056 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003057}
3058
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003059Action::OwningExprResult
3060Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003061 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3062 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3063 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003064
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003065 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003066 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003067
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003068 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003069 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003070 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003071 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003072}
3073
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003074static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3075 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
3076 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3077 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3078 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3079
3080 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3081 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3082 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3083 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3084 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3085 }
3086
3087 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3088 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3089 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3090 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3091 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3092 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3093 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3094 }
3095
3096 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3097 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3098 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3099 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3100 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3101 }
3102
3103 // FIXME: Assert here.
3104 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3105 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3106}
3107
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003108/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003109bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003110 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003111 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3112 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003113 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003114 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3115 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003116
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003117 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003118
3119 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3120 // type needs to be scalar.
3121 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3122 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003123 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3124 return false;
3125 }
3126
3127 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003128 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3129 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3130 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3131 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003132 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003133 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3134 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003135 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003136 return false;
3137 }
3138
3139 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003140 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003141 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003142 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003143 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003144 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3145 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3146 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3147 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3148 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3149 break;
3150 }
3151 }
3152 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3153 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3154 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003155 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003156 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003157 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003158
3159 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3160 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3161 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3162 }
3163
3164 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3165 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003166 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3167 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003168 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003169 }
3170
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003171 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3172 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3173
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003174 if (castType->isVectorType())
3175 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3176 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3177 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3178
3179 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003180 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003181
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003182 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3183 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3184
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003185 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003186 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3187 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3188 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3189 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3190 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3191 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3192 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3193 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3194 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3195 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003196 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003197
3198 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003199 return false;
3200}
3201
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003202bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3203 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003204 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003206 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003207 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003208 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003209 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003210 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003211 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003212 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003213 } else
3214 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003215 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003216 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003217
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003218 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003219 return false;
3220}
3221
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003222bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3223 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003224 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003225
3226 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3227
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003228 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3229 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003230 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3231 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3232 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3233 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003234 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003235 return false;
3236 }
3237
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003238 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003239 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3240 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003241 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3242 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3243 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3244 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003245
3246 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3247 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3248 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003249
3250 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003251 return false;
3252}
3253
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003254Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003255Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003256 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003257 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003259 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3260 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003261
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003262 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003263 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3264 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003266 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3267 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3268 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003269 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003271 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003272 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003273
3274 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003275 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003276 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003277
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003278 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3279 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003280
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003281 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3282 } else {
3283 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003286 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003288 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003289}
3290
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003291/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3292/// of comma binary operators.
3293Action::OwningExprResult
3294Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3295 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3296 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3297 if (!E)
3298 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003300 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003301
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003302 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3303 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3304 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003306 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3307}
3308
3309Action::OwningExprResult
3310Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3311 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3312 QualType Ty) {
3313 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003314
3315 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003316 // then handle it as such.
3317 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3318 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3319 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3320 return ExprError();
3321 }
3322
3323 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3324 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3325 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3326
3327 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3328 // braces instead of the original commas.
3329 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003330 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003331 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3332 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003333 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003334 Owned(E));
3335 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003337 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3338 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3339 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3340 }
3341}
3342
3343Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3344 SourceLocation R,
3345 MultiExprArg Val) {
3346 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3347 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3348 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3349 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3350 return Owned(expr);
3351}
3352
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003353/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3354/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003355/// C99 6.5.15
3356QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3357 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003358 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3360 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3361
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003362 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3363 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3364 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3365 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3366 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3367 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003368
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003369 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003370 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3371 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3372 << CondTy;
3373 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003374 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003375
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003376 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003377 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3378 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003379
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003380 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3381 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003382 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3383 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3384 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003385 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003387 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3388 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003389 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3390 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003391 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003393 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003394 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003395 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003396 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003397
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003398 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003399 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003400 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3401 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3402 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3403 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3404 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3405 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3406 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003407 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3408 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003409 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003410 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003411 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3412 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003413 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003414 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003415 // promote the null to a pointer.
3416 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003417 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003418 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003419 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003420 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003421 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003422 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003423 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003424 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3425 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3426 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3427 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3428 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003429 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003430 return LHSTy;
3431 }
3432 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3433 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003434 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003435 return RHSTy;
3436 }
3437 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3438 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3439 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003440 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003441 return LHSTy;
3442 }
3443 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3444 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003445 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003446 return RHSTy;
3447 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003448 // Handle block pointer types.
3449 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3450 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3451 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3452 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003453 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3454 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003455 return destType;
3456 }
3457 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3458 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3459 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003460 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003461 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3462 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3463 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003464 return LHSTy;
3465 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003466 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003467 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3468 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003469
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003470 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3471 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003472 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3473 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3474 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3475 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3476 // to get a consistent AST.
3477 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003478 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3479 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003480 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003481 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003482 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003483 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3484 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003485 return LHSTy;
3486 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003487 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003488 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003489
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003490 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3491 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3492 return LHSTy;
3493 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003494 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3495 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003496 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003497
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003498 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3499 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3500 // type. This allows
3501 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3502 // where B is a subclass of A.
3503 //
3504 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3505 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3506 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3507 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3508
3509 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3510 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003511 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003512 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003513 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003514 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003515 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003516 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003517 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003518 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003519 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3520 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3521 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3522 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3523 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003524 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003525 } else if (!(compositeType =
3526 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3527 ;
3528 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003529 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3530 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3531 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3532 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003533 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3534 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003535 return incompatTy;
3536 }
3537 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003538 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3539 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003540 return compositeType;
3541 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003542 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3543 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003544 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003545 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003546 QualType destPointee
3547 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003548 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003549 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3550 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3551 // Promote to void*.
3552 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003553 return destType;
3554 }
3555 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003556 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003557 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003558 QualType destPointee
3559 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003560 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003561 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3562 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3563 // Promote to void*.
3564 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003565 return destType;
3566 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003567 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3568 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3569 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003570 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3571 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003572
3573 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3574 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3575 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003576 QualType destPointee
3577 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003578 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003579 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3580 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3581 // Promote to void*.
3582 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003583 return destType;
3584 }
3585 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003586 QualType destPointee
3587 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003588 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003589 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3590 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3591 // Promote to void*.
3592 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003593 return destType;
3594 }
3595
3596 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3597 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3598 return LHSTy;
3599 }
3600 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3601 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3602 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3603 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3604 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3605 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3606 // to get a consistent AST.
3607 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003608 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3609 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003610 return incompatTy;
3611 }
3612 // The pointer types are compatible.
3613 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3614 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3615 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3616 // type.
3617 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3618 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003619 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3620 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003621 return LHSTy;
3622 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003623
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003624 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3625 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3626 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3627 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003628 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003629 return RHSTy;
3630 }
3631 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3632 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3633 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003634 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003635 return LHSTy;
3636 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003637
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003638 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003639 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3640 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003641 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003642}
3643
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003644/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003645/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003646Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3647 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3648 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3649 ExprArg RHS) {
3650 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3651 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003652
3653 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3654 // was the condition.
3655 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3656 if (isLHSNull)
3657 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003658
3659 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003660 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003661 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003662 return ExprError();
3663
3664 Cond.release();
3665 LHS.release();
3666 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003667 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003668 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003669 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003670}
3671
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003672// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003674// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3675// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3676// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003678Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003679 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003680
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003681 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3682 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3683 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3684 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3685 return Compatible;
3686 }
3687
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003688 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003689 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3690 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003691
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003692 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003693 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3694 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003695
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003696 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003697
3698 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3699 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3700 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003701 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003702 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003703 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003704
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3706 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003707 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003708 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003709 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003710 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003711
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003712 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003713 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3714 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003715 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003716
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003717 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003718 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003719 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003720
3721 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003722 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3723 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003724 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003726 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003727 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3728 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3729 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3730 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3731 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3732 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003733 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003734 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003735 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003736 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003737
3738 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003739 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003740 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003741 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003742
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003743 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3744 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3745 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3746 // warning can be disabled.
3747 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3748 return ConvTy;
3749 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3750 }
3751 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003752 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003753 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003754 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003755}
3756
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003757/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3758/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3759/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3760// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761Sema::AssignConvertType
3762Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003763 QualType rhsType) {
3764 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003765
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003766 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003767 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3768 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003769
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003770 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3771 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3772 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003774 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003776 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3777 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3778 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003780 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003782 return ConvTy;
3783}
3784
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003785/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3786/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003787/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3788///
3789/// int a, *pint;
3790/// short *pshort;
3791/// struct foo *pfoo;
3792///
3793/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3794/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3795/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3796/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3797///
3798/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003799/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003800///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003801Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003802Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003803 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3804 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003805 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3806 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003807
3808 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003809 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003810
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003811 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3812 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3813 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3814 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3815 return Compatible;
3816 }
3817
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003818 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3819 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3820 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3821 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3822 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3823 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3824 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003825 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003826 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003827 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003828 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003829 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003830 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3831 // to the same ExtVector type.
3832 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3833 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3834 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3835 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3836 return Compatible;
3837 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003838
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003839 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003840 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003842 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003843 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3844 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003845 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003846 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003847 }
3848 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003849 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003850
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003851 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003852 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003853
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003854 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003855 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003856 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003857
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003858 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003859 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003861 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003862 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003863 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3864 return Compatible;
3865 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003866 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003867 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3868 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003869 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003870
3871 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003872 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003873 return Compatible;
3874 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003875 return Incompatible;
3876 }
3877
3878 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3879 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003880 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003881
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003882 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003883 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003884 return Compatible;
3885
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003886 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3887 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003888
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003889 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003890 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003891 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003892 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003893 return Incompatible;
3894 }
3895
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003896 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3897 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3898 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003899
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003900 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003901 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003902 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3903 return Compatible;
3904 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003905 }
3906 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003907 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3908 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003909 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3910 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003911 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3912 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003913 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003914 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003915 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003916 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3917 return Compatible;
3918 }
3919 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3920 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3921 return Compatible;
3922 return Incompatible;
3923 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003924 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003925 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003926 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3927 return Compatible;
3928
3929 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003930 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003931
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003932 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003933 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003934
3935 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003936 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003937 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003938 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003939 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003940 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3941 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3942 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3943 return Compatible;
3944
3945 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3946 return PointerToInt;
3947
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003948 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003949 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003950 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3951 return Compatible;
3952 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003953 }
3954 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003955 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003956 return Compatible;
3957 return Incompatible;
3958 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003959
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003960 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003961 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003962 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003963 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003964 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003965}
3966
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003967/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3968/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003969static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003970 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3971 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3972 // of the transparent union.
3973 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3974 &E, 1,
3975 SourceLocation());
3976 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3977 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3978
3979 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3980 // union type from this initializer list.
3981 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3982 false);
3983}
3984
3985Sema::AssignConvertType
3986Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3987 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3988
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003989 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003990 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3991 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003992 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003993 return Incompatible;
3994
3995 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3996 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3997 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3998 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003999 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4000 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004001 it != itend; ++it) {
4002 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4003 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4004 // 1) void pointer
4005 // 2) null pointer constant
4006 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004007 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004008 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004009 InitField = *it;
4010 break;
4011 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004012
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004013 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4014 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004015 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004016 InitField = *it;
4017 break;
4018 }
4019 }
4020
4021 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4022 == Compatible) {
4023 InitField = *it;
4024 break;
4025 }
4026 }
4027
4028 if (!InitField)
4029 return Incompatible;
4030
4031 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4032 return Compatible;
4033}
4034
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004035Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004036Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4038 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4039 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4040 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4041 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004042 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4043 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004044 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004045 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004046 }
4047
4048 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4049 // structures.
4050 }
4051
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004052 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4053 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004054 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4055 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004057 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4058 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004059 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004060 return Compatible;
4061 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004063 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004064 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004065 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004066 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004067 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004069 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4070 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004071
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004072 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4073 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004075 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4076 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004077 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4078 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4079 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4080 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004081 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004082 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4083 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004084 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004085}
4086
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004087QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004088 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004089 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004090 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004091 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004092}
4093
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004095 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004096 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004097 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004098 QualType lhsType =
4099 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4100 QualType rhsType =
4101 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004102
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004103 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004104 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004105 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004106
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004107 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4108 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004109 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4110 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004111 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4112 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004113 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004114 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004115 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004116 }
4117 }
4118 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004119
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004120 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4121 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4122 bool swapped = false;
4123 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4124 swapped = true;
4125 std::swap(rex, lex);
4126 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4127 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004129 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004130 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004131 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4132 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4133 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004134 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004135 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4136 return lhsType;
4137 }
4138 }
4139 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4140 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4141 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004142 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004143 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4144 return lhsType;
4145 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004146 }
4147 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004148
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004149 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004151 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004152 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004153 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004154}
4155
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004156inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004157 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004158 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004159 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004160
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004161 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004162
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004163 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004164 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004165 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004166}
4167
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004168inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004169 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004170 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4171 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4172 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4173 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4174 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004175
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004176 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004177
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004178 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004179 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004180 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004181}
4182
4183inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004184 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004185 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4186 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4187 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4188 return compType;
4189 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004190
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004191 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004192
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004193 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004194 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4195 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4196 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004197 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004198 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004199
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004200 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4201 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004202 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004203 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4204
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004205 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004206
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004207 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004208 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004209
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004210 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4211 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004212 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4213 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004214 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004215 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004216 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004217
4218 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4219 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4220 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004221 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004222 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4223 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4224 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4225 return QualType();
4226 }
4227
4228 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4229 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4230 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004231 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004232 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004233 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004234 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004235 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4236 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004237 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4238 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004239 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004240 return QualType();
4241 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004242 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4243 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4244 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4245 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4246 return QualType();
4247 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004248
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004249 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004250 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4251 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4252 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4253 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4254 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004255 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004256 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4257 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004258 return PExp->getType();
4259 }
4260 }
4261
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004262 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004263}
4264
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004265// C99 6.5.6
4266QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004267 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4268 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4269 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4270 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4271 return compType;
4272 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004273
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004274 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004275
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004276 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004277
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004278 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004279 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4280 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004281 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004282 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004283 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004285 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004286 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004287 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004288
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004289 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004290
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004291 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4292 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4293 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4295 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4296 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4297 return QualType();
4298 }
4299
4300 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4301 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4302 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4303 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004305 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004306 return QualType();
4307 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004308
4309 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4310 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4311 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004312 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004313 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004314 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004315 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004316 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004317
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004318 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4319 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4320 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4321 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4322 return QualType();
4323 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004324
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004325 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004326 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4327 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4328 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4329 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4330 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4331 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004332 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004333 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4334
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004335 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004336 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004337 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004338
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004339 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004340 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004341 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004343 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4344 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4345 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4347 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4348 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4349 return QualType();
4350 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004351
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004352 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4353 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4354 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4355 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004356 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004357 return QualType();
4358 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004359
4360 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4361 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4362 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4363 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4364 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004365 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4366 << rex->getSourceRange()
4367 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004368 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4371 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4372 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4374 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4375 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4376 return QualType();
4377 }
4378 } else {
4379 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4380 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4381 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4382 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4383 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4384 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4385 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4386 return QualType();
4387 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004388 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004389
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004390 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4391 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4392 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4393 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4394 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004395 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004396 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004397
4398 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004399 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4400 }
4401 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004403 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004404}
4405
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004406// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004407QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004408 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004409 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4410 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004411 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004413 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4414 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4415 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4416
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004417 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4418 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004419 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4420 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4421 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4422 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4423 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004424 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004425 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004426 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004427
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004428 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004430 // Sanity-check shift operands
4431 llvm::APSInt Right;
4432 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004433 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4434 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004435 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004436 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4437 else {
4438 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4439 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4440 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4441 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4442 }
4443 }
4444
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004445 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004446 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004447}
4448
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004449// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004450QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004451 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4452 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4453
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004454 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004455 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004457 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004458 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4459 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4460 else {
4461 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4462 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4463 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004464 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4465 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004466
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004467 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4468 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004469 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4470 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4471 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004472 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004473 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004474 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4475 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4476 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4477 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004478 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4479 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004480 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004481
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004482 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4483 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4484 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4485 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004486
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004487 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4488 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004489 Expr *literalString = 0;
4490 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004491 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004492 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4493 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004494 literalString = lex;
4495 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004496 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4497 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004498 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4499 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004500 literalString = rex;
4501 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4502 }
4503
4504 if (literalString) {
4505 std::string resultComparison;
4506 switch (Opc) {
4507 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4508 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4509 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4510 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4511 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4512 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4513 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4514 }
4515 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4516 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4517 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004518 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4519 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4520 "strcmp(")
4521 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4522 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004523 resultComparison);
4524 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004525 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004527 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004528 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004529
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004530 if (isRelational) {
4531 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004532 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004533 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004534 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004535 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004536 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004537 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004538 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004539
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004540 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004541 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004542 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004544 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4545 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4546 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4547 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004548
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004549 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4550 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4551 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004552 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004553 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004554 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004555 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004556 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004558 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004559 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4560 return ResultTy;
4561
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004562 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4563 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4564 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4565 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4566 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4567 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004568 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004569 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004570 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004571 if (T.isNull()) {
4572 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4573 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4574 return QualType();
4575 }
4576
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004577 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4578 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004579 return ResultTy;
4580 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004581 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4582 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4583 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4584 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4585 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4586 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4587 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4588 }
4589 } else if (!isRelational &&
4590 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4591 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4592 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4593 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4594 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4595 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4596 }
4597 } else {
4598 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004599 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004600 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004601 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004602 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004603 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004604 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004605 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004606
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004607 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004608 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004609 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004610 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004611 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4612 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004613 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004614 return ResultTy;
4615 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004616 if (LHSIsNull &&
4617 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4618 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004619 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004620 return ResultTy;
4621 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004622
4623 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004624 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004625 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4626 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004627 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4628 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4629 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4630 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4631 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4632 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4633 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4634 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004635 // types.
4636 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4637 if (T.isNull()) {
4638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4639 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4640 return QualType();
4641 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004642
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004643 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4644 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004645 return ResultTy;
4646 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004647
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004648 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004649 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4650 return ResultTy;
4651 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004652
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004653 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004654 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004655 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4656 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004658 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004659 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004660 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004661 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004662 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004663 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004664 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004665 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004666 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004667 if (!isRelational
4668 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4669 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004670 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004671 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004672 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004673 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004674 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4675 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4676 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004677 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004678 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004679 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004680 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004681
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004682 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004683 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004684 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4685 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004686 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004687 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004688 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004689 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004690
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004691 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4692 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004693 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004694 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004695 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004696 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004697 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004698 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004699 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004700 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004701 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4702 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004703 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004704 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004705 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004706 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004707 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004708 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4709 if (RHSIsNull) {
4710 if (isRelational)
4711 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4712 } else if (isRelational)
4713 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4714 else
4715 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004716
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004717 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004718 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004719 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004720 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004721 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004722 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004723 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004724 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004725 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4726 if (LHSIsNull) {
4727 if (isRelational)
4728 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4729 } else if (isRelational)
4730 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4731 else
4732 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004733
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004734 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004735 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004736 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004737 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004738 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004739 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004740 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004741 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004742 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4743 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004744 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004745 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004746 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004747 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4748 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004749 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004750 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004751 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004752 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004753}
4754
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004755/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004756/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004757/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4758/// types.
4759QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004760 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004761 bool isRelational) {
4762 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4763 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004764 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004765 if (vType.isNull())
4766 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004767
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004768 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4769 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004770
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004771 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4772 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4773 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4774 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4775 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4776 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4777 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004778 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004779 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004780
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004781 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4782 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4783 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004784 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004785 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004786
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004787 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4788 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4789 // elements for floating point vectors.
4790 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4791 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004792
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004793 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004794 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004795 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004796 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004797 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004798 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4799
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004801 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004802 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4803}
4804
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004805inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004806 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004807 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004808 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004809
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004810 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004811
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004812 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004813 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004814 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004815}
4816
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004817inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004818 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004819 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4820 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004821
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004822 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4823 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4824
4825 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4826 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4827 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4828 return Context.BoolTy;
4829 }
4830
4831 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004832}
4833
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004834/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4835/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4836/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4837///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004838static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004839 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4840 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4841 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4842 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004843 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004844 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4845 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4846 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4847 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004848 }
4849 }
4850 return false;
4851}
4852
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004853/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4854/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4855static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004856 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004857 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004858 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004859 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4860 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004861 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4862 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004863
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004864 unsigned Diag = 0;
4865 bool NeedType = false;
4866 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4867 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4868 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004869 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004870 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4871 NeedType = true;
4872 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004873 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004874 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4875 NeedType = true;
4876 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004877 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004878 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4879 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004880 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004881 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4882 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004883 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4884 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004885 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004886 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4887 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004888 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004889 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4890 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004891 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004892 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4893 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004894 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4895 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4896 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004897 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4898 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4899 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004900 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004901
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004902 SourceRange Assign;
4903 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4904 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004905 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004906 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004907 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004908 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004909 return true;
4910}
4911
4912
4913
4914// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004915QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4916 SourceLocation Loc,
4917 QualType CompoundType) {
4918 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4919 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004920 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004921
4922 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4923 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004924
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004925 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004926 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004927 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004928 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004929 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4930 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4931 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004932 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004933 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004934 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004935 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004936
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004937 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4938 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4939 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004940 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004941 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4942 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4943 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4944 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4945 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004946 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004947 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004948 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4949 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4950 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004951 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4952 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004953 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4954 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4955 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004956 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004957 }
4958 } else {
4959 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004960 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004961 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004962
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004963 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4964 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004965 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004966
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004967 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4968 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004969 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004970 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4971 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004972 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004973 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004974 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004975}
4976
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004977// C99 6.5.17
4978QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004979 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004980 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004981
4982 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4983 // incomplete in C++).
4984
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004985 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00004986}
4987
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004988/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4989/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004990QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4991 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004992 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4993 return Context.DependentTy;
4994
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004995 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4996 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00004997
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004998 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4999 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5000 if (!isInc) {
5001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5002 return QualType();
5003 }
5004 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5006 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005007 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005008 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5009 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005010
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005011 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005012 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005013 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5015 << Op->getSourceRange();
5016 return QualType();
5017 }
5018
5019 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005020 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005021 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005022 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5023 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5024 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5025 return QualType();
5026 }
5027
5028 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005029 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005030 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005031 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005032 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005033 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005034 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005035 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5036 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5037 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5038 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5039 return QualType();
5040 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005041 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5042 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5043 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005044 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005045 } else {
5046 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005047 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005048 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005049 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005050 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005051 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005052 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005053 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005054 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005055}
5056
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005057/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005058/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005059/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5060/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5061/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5062/// - &(x) => x
5063/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5064/// - &s.xx => s
5065/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5066/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5067/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5068/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005069static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005070 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005071 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005072 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005073 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005074 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5075 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5076 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005077 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005078 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005079 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005080 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005081 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005082 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5083 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005084 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5085 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5086 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5087 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5088 }
5089 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005090 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005091 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5092 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005093
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005094 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005095 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5096 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5097 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5098 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5099 default:
5100 return 0;
5101 }
5102 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005103 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005104 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005105 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005106 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5107 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005108 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005109 default:
5110 return 0;
5111 }
5112}
5113
5114/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005115/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005116/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005117/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005118/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005119/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005120/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005121QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005122 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5123 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5124
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005125 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5126 return Context.DependentTy;
5127
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005128 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5129 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5130 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5131 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5132 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5133 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5134 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5135 }
5136 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5137 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5138 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005139 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005140 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005141
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005142 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5143 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005144 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005145 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005146 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005147 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5148 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005149 return QualType();
5150 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005151 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005152 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5153 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5154 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005155 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005156 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5157 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005158 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005159 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005160 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005161 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005162 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5163 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5164 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5165 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5166 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005167 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5168 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005169 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5170 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005171 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005172 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005173 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5174 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005175 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005176 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5177 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005178 return QualType();
5179 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005180 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5181 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005182 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005183 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005184 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005185 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5186 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005187 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005188 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005189 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5190 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005191 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005192 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5193 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5194 return QualType();
5195 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005196
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005197 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5198 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005199 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005200 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005201 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005202 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005203 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005204 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5205 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005206 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5207 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5208 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005209 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005210 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005211
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005212 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5213 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5214 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5215 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5216 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5217 }
5218
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005219 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005220 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005221}
5222
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005223QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005224 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5225 return Context.DependentTy;
5226
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005227 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5228 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005229
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005230 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5231 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5232 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5233 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005234 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005235 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005236
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005237 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005238 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005239
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005240 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005241 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005242 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005243}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005244
5245static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5246 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5247 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5248 switch (Kind) {
5249 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005250 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5251 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005252 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5253 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5254 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5255 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5256 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5257 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5258 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5259 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5260 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5261 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5262 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5263 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5264 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5265 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5266 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5267 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5268 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5269 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5270 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5271 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5272 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5273 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5274 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5275 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5276 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5277 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5278 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5279 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5280 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5281 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5282 }
5283 return Opc;
5284}
5285
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005286static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5287 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5288 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5289 switch (Kind) {
5290 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5291 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5292 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5293 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5294 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5295 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5296 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5297 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5298 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005299 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5300 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005301 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005302 }
5303 return Opc;
5304}
5305
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005306/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5307/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5308/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005309Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5310 unsigned Op,
5311 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005312 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005313 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005314 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5315 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5316 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005317
5318 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005319 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5320 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5321 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005322 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5323 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5324 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5325 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5326 break;
5327 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005328 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5329 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5330 break;
5331 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5332 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5333 break;
5334 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5335 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5336 break;
5337 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5338 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5339 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005340 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005341 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5342 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5343 break;
5344 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5345 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5346 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5347 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005348 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005349 break;
5350 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5351 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005352 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005353 break;
5354 case BinaryOperator::And:
5355 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5356 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5357 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5358 break;
5359 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5360 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5361 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5362 break;
5363 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5364 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005365 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5366 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5367 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5368 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005369 break;
5370 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005371 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5372 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5373 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5374 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005375 break;
5376 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005377 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5378 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5379 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005380 break;
5381 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005382 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5383 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5384 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005385 break;
5386 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5387 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005388 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5389 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5390 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5391 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005392 break;
5393 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5394 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5395 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005396 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5397 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5398 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5399 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005400 break;
5401 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5402 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5403 break;
5404 }
5405 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005406 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005407 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005408 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5409 else
5410 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005411 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5412 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005413}
5414
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005415/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5416/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005417static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5418 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5419 SourceRange ParenRange)
5420{
5421 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5422 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5423 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5424 // warning/error and return.
5425 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5426 return;
5427 }
5428
5429 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5430 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5431 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5432}
5433
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005434/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5435/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5436/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5437/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005438static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5439 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005440 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5441 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5442 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5443 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005444 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005445 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005446 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5447
5448 // Subs are not binary operators.
5449 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5450 return;
5451
5452 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5453 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005454 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5455 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005456 return;
5457
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005458 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005459 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5460 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005461 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5462 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5463 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5464 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005465 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5466 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005467 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5468 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5469 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005470}
5471
5472/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5473/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5474/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5475static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5476 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005477 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005478 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5479}
5480
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005481// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005482Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5483 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5484 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005485 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005486 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005487
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005488 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5489 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005490
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005491 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5492 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5493
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005494 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005495 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005496 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5497 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5498 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5499 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5500 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005501 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005502 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5503 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5504 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5505 Functions);
5506 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005507 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005508 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005509 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005510 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005511
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005512 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5513 // binary operation.
5514 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005515 }
5516
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005517 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5518 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005519}
5520
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005521Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005522 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005523 ExprArg InputArg) {
5524 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005525
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005526 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005527 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005528 QualType resultType;
5529 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005530 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5531 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5532 break;
5533
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005534 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5535 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005536 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5537 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005538 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005539 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5540 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005541 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005542 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005543 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005544 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005545 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005547 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005548 break;
5549 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5550 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005551 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5552 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005553 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5554 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005555 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5556 break;
5557 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5558 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5559 break;
5560 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5561 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5562 resultType->isPointerType())
5563 break;
5564
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005565 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5566 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005567 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005568 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5569 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005570 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5571 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005572 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5573 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5574 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005575 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005576 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005577 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005578 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5579 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005580 break;
5581 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005582 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005583 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5584 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005585 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5586 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005587 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005588 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5589 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005590 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005591 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5592 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005593 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005594 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005595 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005596 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005597 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005598 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005599 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005600 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005601 }
5602 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005603 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005604
5605 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005606 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005607}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005608
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005609// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5610Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5611 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5612 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5613 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5614
5615 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5616 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5617 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5618 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5619 // the arguments.
5620 FunctionSet Functions;
5621 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5622 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5623 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5624 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005625 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005626 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005627 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005628 }
5629
5630 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5631 }
5632
5633 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5634}
5635
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005636/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005637Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5638 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5639 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005640 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005641 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005642
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005643 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5644 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005645 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005646 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005647
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005648 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005649 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5650 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005651}
5652
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005653Sema::OwningExprResult
5654Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5655 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5656 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005657 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5658 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5659
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005660 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005661 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005662 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005663
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005664 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5665 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5666 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005667
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005668 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5669 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5670 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005671
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005672 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5673 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5674 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5675 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5676 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005677
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005678 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005679 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005680 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005681
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005682 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5683 // expressions are not lvalues.
5684
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005685 substmt.release();
5686 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005687}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005688
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005689Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5690 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5691 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5692 TypeTy *argty,
5693 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5694 unsigned NumComponents,
5695 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5696 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5697 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005698 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5699 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005700 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005701
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005702 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5703
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005704 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5705 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5706 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005707 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005708 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005709
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005710 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5711 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005712
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005713 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5714 // the offsetof designators.
5715 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5716 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005717 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005718 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005719
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005720 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5721 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005722 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5723 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005724 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005725 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5726 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005727
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005728 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005729 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005730
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005731 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5732 // leaks like a sieve.
5733 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5734 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5735 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5736 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5737 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5738 if (!AT) {
5739 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005740 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5741 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005742 }
5743
5744 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5745
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005746 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5747 // expression.
5748 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5749
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005750 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5751 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005752 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005753 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005754 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005755 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005756 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005757
5758 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5759 OC.LocEnd);
5760 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005761 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005762
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005763 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005764 if (!RC) {
5765 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005766 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5767 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005768 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005769
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005770 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5771 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005772 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005773 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005774 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5775 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5776 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005777 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5778 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005779 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005780
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005781 LookupResult R;
5782 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5783
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005784 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005785 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005786 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005787 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005788 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5789 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005790
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005791 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5792 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005793 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005794 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5795 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005796 } else {
5797 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5798 // doesn't matter here.
5799 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5800 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5801 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005802 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005803 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005804
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005805 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5806 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005807}
5808
5809
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005810Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5811 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5812 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005813 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5814 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5815 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005816
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005817 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005818
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005819 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5820 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5821 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5822 return ExprError();
5823 }
5824
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005825 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5826 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005827}
5828
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005829Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5830 ExprArg cond,
5831 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5832 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5833 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5834 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5835 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005836
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005837 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5838
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005839 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005840 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005841 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005842 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005843 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005844 } else {
5845 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5846 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5847 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5848 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005849 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5850 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5851 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005852
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005853 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5854 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005855 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5856 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005857 }
5858
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005859 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5860 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005861 resType, RPLoc,
5862 resType->isDependentType(),
5863 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005864}
5865
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005866//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5867// Clang Extensions.
5868//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5869
5870/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005871void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005872 // Analyze block parameters.
5873 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005874
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005875 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5876 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5877 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005878
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005879 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005880 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005881 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005882 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005883 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5884 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005885
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005886 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005887 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005888}
5889
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005890void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005891 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005892
5893 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5894 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005895 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005896 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5897
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005898 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5899 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5900 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5901 return;
5902 }
5903
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005904 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5905 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5906 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5907
5908 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5909 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005910 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005911 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005912 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005913 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005914 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5915 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005916 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005917
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005918 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5919 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5920 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5921 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5922 return;
5923 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005924 return;
5925 }
5926
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005927 // Analyze arguments to block.
5928 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5929 "Not a function declarator!");
5930 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005931
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005932 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5933 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005934
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005935 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5936 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5937 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5938 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005939 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5940 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005941 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005942 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005943 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5944 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005945 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005946 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005947 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005948 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005949 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005950 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005951 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005952 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5953 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5954 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5955 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5956 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005957
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005958 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005959 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005960 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005961 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005962 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005963 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5964 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005965
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005966 // Analyze the return type.
5967 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005968 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005969
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005970 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5971 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5972 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5973 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5974 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005975 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005976}
5977
5978/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5979/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5980void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5981 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5982 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005983
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005984 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5985
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005986 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005987 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005988 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005989 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005990}
5991
5992/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5993/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005994Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5995 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005996 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5997 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5998 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005999
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006000 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6001 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006002
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006003 PopDeclContext();
6004
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006005 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6006 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006007
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006008 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006009 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6010 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006011
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006012 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6013 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6014 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006015
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006016 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006017 QualType BlockTy;
6018 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006019 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6020 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006021 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006022 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006023 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6024 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006025
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006026 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006027 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006028 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006029
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006030 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6031 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6032 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6033 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006034
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006035 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006036 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006037 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6038 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006039}
6040
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006041Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6042 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6043 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006044 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006045 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6046 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006047
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006048 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006049
6050 // Get the va_list type
6051 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006052 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6053 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6054 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6055 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006056 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006057 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6058 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6059 } else {
6060 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6061 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006062 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006063 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006064 return ExprError();
6065 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006066
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006067 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6068 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006069 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6070 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006071 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006072 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006073
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006074 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006075 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006076
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006077 expr.release();
6078 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6079 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006080}
6081
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006082Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006083 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6084 // pointers on the target.
6085 QualType Ty;
6086 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6087 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6088 else
6089 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6090
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006091 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006092}
6093
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006094bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6095 SourceLocation Loc,
6096 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6097 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6098 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6099 bool isInvalid = false;
6100 unsigned DiagKind;
6101 switch (ConvTy) {
6102 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6103 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006104 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006105 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6106 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006107 case IntToPointer:
6108 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6109 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006110 case IncompatiblePointer:
6111 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6112 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006113 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6114 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6115 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006116 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6117 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6118 break;
6119 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006120 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6121 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6122 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6123 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6124 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6125 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6126 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6127 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6128 // C++ semantics.
6129 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6130 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6131 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006132 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6133 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006134 case IntToBlockPointer:
6135 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6136 break;
6137 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006138 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006139 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006140 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006141 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006142 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6143 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6144 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006145 case IncompatibleVectors:
6146 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6147 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006148 case Incompatible:
6149 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6150 isInvalid = true;
6151 break;
6152 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006153
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006154 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6155 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006156 return isInvalid;
6157}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006158
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006159bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006160 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6161 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6162 if (Result)
6163 *Result = ICEResult;
6164 return false;
6165 }
6166
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006167 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6168
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006169 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006170 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6171 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6172
6173 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6174 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6175 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6176 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6177 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6178 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6179 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006180
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006181 return true;
6182 }
6183
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006184 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6185 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006186
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006187 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6188 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6189 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006190
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006191 if (Result)
6192 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6193 return false;
6194}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006195
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006196Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6197Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006198 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6199 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6200 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006201
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006202 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6203 return NewContext;
6204}
6205
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006206void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006207Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6208 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6209 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6210
6211 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6212 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6213 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6214 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6215 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6216 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6217 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006218
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006219 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6220 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6221 I != IEnd; ++I)
6222 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6223 }
6224}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006225
6226/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6227///
6228/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6229/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6230/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6231/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6232///
6233/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6234///
6235/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6236void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6237 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006238
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006239 if (D->isUsed())
6240 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006241
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006242 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6243 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6244 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6245 // -Wunused-parameters)
6246 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6247 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006248 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006249
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006250 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6251 // an instantiation.
6252 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6253 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006254
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006255 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6256 case Unevaluated:
6257 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6258 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006259
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006260 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6261 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6262 // "used"; handle this below.
6263 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006264
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006265 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6266 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6267 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6268 // potentially evaluated.
6269 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6270 return;
6271 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006272
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006273 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006274 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006275 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006276 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6277 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6278 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006279 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006280 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006281 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6282 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6283 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006284 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6285 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6286 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006287
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006288 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6289 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6290 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6291 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6292 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6293 }
6294 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006295 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006296 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006297 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006298 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006299 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6300 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6301 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6302 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6303 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006304 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6305 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006306 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6307 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6308 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6309 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6310 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006311 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6312 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006313 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6314 }
6315
6316 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6317 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6318 }
6319
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006320 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006321 Function->setUsed(true);
6322 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006323 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006324
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006325 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006326 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006327 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006328 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6329 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6330 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6331 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6332 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6333 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6334 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6335 }
6336 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006337
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006338 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006339
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006340 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006341 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006342 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006343}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006344
6345bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6346 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6347 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6348 return false;
6349
6350 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6351 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6352 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6353 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6354
6355 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6356 FD ?
6357 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6358 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6359 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6360 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6361 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6362 return true;
6363
6364 return false;
6365}
6366
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006367// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6368// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6369void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6370 SourceLocation Loc;
6371
6372 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6373 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6374 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6375 return;
6376
6377 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6378 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6379 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6380 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6381 return;
6382
6383 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6384 } else {
6385 // Not an assignment.
6386 return;
6387 }
6388
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006389 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006390 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006391
6392 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6393 << E->getSourceRange()
6394 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6395 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6396}
6397
6398bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6399 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6400
6401 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6402 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6403
6404 QualType T = E->getType();
6405
6406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6407 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6408 return true;
6409 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6410 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6411 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6412 return true;
6413 }
6414 }
6415
6416 return false;
6417}